blob: 7768630749561b089ed7744e2ee7088d28643d80 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +000025#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000027#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000031#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000032#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000033#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000034
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000035using namespace clang;
36
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000037unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
38unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000039unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000041unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000043unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
45
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000046enum FloatingRank {
47 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
48};
49
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000050void
51ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
52 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
53 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
54 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +000055 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000056
57 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
58 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
59 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
60 PEnd = Params->end();
61 P != PEnd; ++P) {
62 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
63 ID.AddInteger(0);
64 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
65 continue;
66 }
67
68 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
69 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +000070 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000071 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +000072 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
73 ID.AddBoolean(true);
74 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
75 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I)
76 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getExpansionType(I).getAsOpaquePtr());
77 } else
78 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000079 continue;
80 }
81
82 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
83 ID.AddInteger(2);
84 Profile(ID, TTP);
85 }
86}
87
88TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
89ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +000090 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000091 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
92 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
93 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
94 void *InsertPos = 0;
95 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
96 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
97 if (Canonical)
98 return Canonical->getParam();
99
100 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
101 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
102 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
103 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
104 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
105 PEnd = Params->end();
106 P != PEnd; ++P) {
107 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
108 CanonParams.push_back(
109 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
110 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
111 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
112 TTP->isParameterPack()));
113 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000114 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
115 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
116 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
117 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
118 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
119 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
120 llvm::SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
121 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
122 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
123 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
124 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
125 }
126
127 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
128 SourceLocation(),
129 NTTP->getDepth(),
130 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
131 T,
132 TInfo,
133 ExpandedTypes.data(),
134 ExpandedTypes.size(),
135 ExpandedTInfos.data());
136 } else {
137 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
138 SourceLocation(),
139 NTTP->getDepth(),
140 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
141 T,
142 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
143 TInfo);
144 }
145 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
146
147 } else
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000148 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
149 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
150 }
151
152 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
153 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
154 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000155 TTP->getPosition(),
156 TTP->isParameterPack(),
157 0,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000158 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
159 SourceLocation(),
160 CanonParams.data(),
161 CanonParams.size(),
162 SourceLocation()));
163
164 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
165 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
166 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
167 (void)Canonical;
168
169 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
170 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
171 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
172 return CanonTTP;
173}
174
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000175CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000176 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
177
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000178 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000179 case CXXABI_ARM:
180 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
181 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000182 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000183 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
184 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
185 }
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000186 return 0;
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000187}
188
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000189ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar1b444192009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000190 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000191 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000192 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000193 unsigned size_reserve) :
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000194 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
195 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise862cbc2010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000196 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
197 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000198 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000199 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
Peter Collingbourne9e2c81f2011-02-09 21:04:32 +0000200 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
John McCall8cb7bdf2010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000201 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000202 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000203 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenek6aead3a2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000204 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
205 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis440ea322010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000206 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenek520f47b2010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000207 LastSDM(0, 0),
John McCall147d0212011-02-22 22:38:33 +0000208 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000209 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
210 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000211 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000212 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000213 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000214 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000215}
216
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000217ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000218 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
219 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
220 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000221
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000222 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
223 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
224 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000225
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000226 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
227 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
228 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
229 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
230 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000231
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000232 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000233 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
234 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
235 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
236 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
237 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
238 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
239 R->Destroy(*this);
240
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000241 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
242 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
243 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
244 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
245 R->Destroy(*this);
246 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000247
248 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
249 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
250 A != AEnd; ++A)
251 A->second->~AttrVec();
252}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000253
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000254void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
255 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
256}
257
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000258void
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000259ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
260 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
261}
262
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000263void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
264 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
265 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000266
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000267 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000268#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000269#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
270#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
271 0 // Extra
272 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000273
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000274 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
275 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000276 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000277 }
278
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000279 unsigned Idx = 0;
280 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
281#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
282 if (counts[Idx]) \
283 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
284 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
285 ++Idx;
286#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
287#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000288
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000289 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000290
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000291 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000292 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
293 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
294 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000295 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
296 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
297 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000298 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
299 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
300 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000301 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
302 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
303
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000304 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
305 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
306 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
307 }
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000308
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000309 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000310}
311
312
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000313void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000314 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000315 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000316 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000317}
318
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000319void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
320 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000321
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000322 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000323 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000324
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000325 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000326 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000327 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000328 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000329 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
330 else
331 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000332 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000333 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
334 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
335 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
336 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
337 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000338
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000339 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000340 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
341 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
342 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
343 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
344 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000345
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000346 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000347 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
348 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
349 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000350
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000351 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
352 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
353 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
354
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000355 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
356 if (!LangOpts.ShortWChar)
357 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
358 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
359 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
360 } else // C99
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000361 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000362
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000363 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
364 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
365 else // C99
366 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
367
368 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
369 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
370 else // C99
371 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
372
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000373 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
374 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
375 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
376 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
377 // expressions.
378 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000379
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000380 // Placeholder type for functions.
381 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
382
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000383 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000384 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
385 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
386 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000387
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000388 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000389
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000390 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
391 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
392 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000393 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000394
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000395 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000396 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
397 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000398 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000399
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000400 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000401
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000402 // void * type
403 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000404
405 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
406 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000407}
408
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000409Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
410 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
411}
412
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000413AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
414 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
415 if (!Result) {
416 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
417 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
418 }
419
420 return *Result;
421}
422
423/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
424void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
425 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
426 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
427 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
428 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
429 }
430}
431
432
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000433MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000434ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000435 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000436 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000437 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
438 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
439 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000440
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000441 return Pos->second;
442}
443
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000444void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000445ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000446 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
447 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000448 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
449 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
450 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
451 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000452 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000453 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000454}
455
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000456NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000457ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000458 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000459 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
460 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000461 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000462
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000463 return Pos->second;
464}
465
466void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000467ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
468 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
469 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
470 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
471 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
472 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
473 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
474}
475
476UsingShadowDecl *
477ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
478 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
479 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
480 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
481 return 0;
482
483 return Pos->second;
484}
485
486void
487ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
488 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
489 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
490 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000491}
492
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000493FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
494 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
495 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
496 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
497 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000498
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000499 return Pos->second;
500}
501
502void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
503 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
504 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
505 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
506 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
507 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000508
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000509 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
510}
511
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000512ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
513ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
514 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
515 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
516 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
517 return 0;
518
519 return Pos->second.begin();
520}
521
522ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
523ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
524 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
525 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
526 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
527 return 0;
528
529 return Pos->second.end();
530}
531
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000532unsigned
533ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
534 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
535 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
536 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
537 return 0;
538
539 return Pos->second.size();
540}
541
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000542void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
543 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
544 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
545}
546
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000547//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
548// Type Sizing and Analysis
549//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000550
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000551/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
552/// scalar floating point type.
553const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000554 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000555 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
556 switch (BT->getKind()) {
557 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
558 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
559 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
560 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
561 }
562}
563
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000564/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000565/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
566/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000567/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
568/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000569CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000570 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
571
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000572 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
573 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
574 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000575
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000576 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
577 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
578 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
579 //
580 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
581 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
582 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
583 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
584 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
585 } else {
586 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
587 }
588 }
589
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000590 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
591 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000592 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000593 // do nothing
594
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000595 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000596 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000597 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000598 if (RefAsPointee)
599 T = RT->getPointeeType();
600 else
601 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
602 }
603 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000604 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
605 // large-array alignment on the target.
Rafael Espindolae971b9a2010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000606 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000607 const ArrayType *arrayType;
608 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
609 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
610 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
611 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
612 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
613 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000614
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000615 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
616 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
617 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000618 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
619 }
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000620
621 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
622 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
623 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
624 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
625 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
626 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
627 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
628 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
629
630 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000631 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000632
633 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
634 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
635 if (offset > 0) {
636 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
637 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
638 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
639 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
640 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
641 }
642
643 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000644 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000645 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000646
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000647 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000648}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000649
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000650std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000651ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000652 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000653 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
654 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000655}
656
657std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000658ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000659 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
660}
661
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000662/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
663/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000664///
665/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
666/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
667/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000668std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000669ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000670 uint64_t Width=0;
671 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000672 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000673#define TYPE(Class, Base)
674#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000675#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000676#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
677#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000678 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000679 break;
680
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000681 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
682 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000683 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
684 Width = 0;
685 Align = 32;
686 break;
687
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000688 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000689 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000690 Width = 0;
691 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
692 break;
693
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000694 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000695 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000696
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000697 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000698 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000699 Align = EltInfo.second;
700 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000701 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000702 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000703 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000704 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
705 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
706 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000707 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000708 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
709 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000710 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000711 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
712 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
713 }
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000714 break;
715 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000716
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000717 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000718 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000719 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000720 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000721 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
722 Width = 0;
723 Align = 8;
724 break;
725
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000726 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000727 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
728 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000729 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000730 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
731 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
732 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000733 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000734 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
735 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000736 break;
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000737 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
738 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000739 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
740 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
741 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000742 case BuiltinType::Char16:
743 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
744 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
745 break;
746 case BuiltinType::Char32:
747 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
748 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
749 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000750 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000751 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000752 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
753 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000754 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000755 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000756 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000757 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
758 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000759 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000760 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000761 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000762 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
763 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000764 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000765 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000766 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000767 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
768 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000769 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000770 case BuiltinType::Int128:
771 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
772 Width = 128;
773 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
774 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000775 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000776 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
777 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000778 break;
779 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000780 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
781 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000782 break;
783 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000784 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
785 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000786 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000787 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
788 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
789 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000790 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000791 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
792 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
793 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
794 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
795 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
796 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000797 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000798 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000799 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000800 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000801 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000802 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000803 case Type::BlockPointer: {
804 unsigned AS = cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
805 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
806 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
807 break;
808 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000809 case Type::LValueReference:
810 case Type::RValueReference: {
811 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
812 // the pointer route.
813 unsigned AS = cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
814 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
815 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
816 break;
817 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000818 case Type::Pointer: {
819 unsigned AS = cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType().getAddressSpace();
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000820 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000821 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
822 break;
823 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000824 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000825 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000826 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000827 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000828 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000829 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
830 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000831 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000832 case Type::Complex: {
833 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
834 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000835 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000836 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000837 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000838 Align = EltInfo.second;
839 break;
840 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000841 case Type::ObjCObject:
842 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000843 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000844 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000845 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000846 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000847 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000848 break;
849 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000850 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000851 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000852 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
853
854 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000855 Width = 1;
856 Align = 1;
857 break;
858 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000859
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000860 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000861 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
862
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000863 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000864 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000865 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000866 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000867 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000868 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000869
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000870 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000871 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
872 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000873
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000874 case Type::Auto: {
875 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
876 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a24210e2011-02-22 20:00:16 +0000877 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000878 }
879
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +0000880 case Type::Paren:
881 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
882
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000883 case Type::Typedef: {
884 const TypedefDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000885 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
886 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattner29eb47b2011-02-19 22:55:41 +0000887 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
888 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
889 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
890 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
891 Align = AttrAlign;
892 else
893 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000894 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000895 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000896 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000897
898 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
899 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
900 .getTypePtr());
901
902 case Type::TypeOf:
903 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
904
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000905 case Type::Decltype:
906 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
907 .getTypePtr());
908
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000909 case Type::Elaborated:
910 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000911
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +0000912 case Type::Attributed:
913 return getTypeInfo(
914 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
915
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000916 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000917 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000918 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
919 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
920 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
921 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
922 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
923 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000924
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000925 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000926 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000927}
928
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000929/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
930CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
931 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
932}
933
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000934/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
935int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
936 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
937}
938
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000939/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
940/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000941CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000942 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000943}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000944CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000945 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000946}
947
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +0000948/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000949/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000950CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000951 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000952}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000953CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000954 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +0000955}
956
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000957/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
958/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
959/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
960/// a data type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000961unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000962 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000963
964 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000965 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +0000966 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
967 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
968 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
969 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
970
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +0000971 return ABIAlign;
972}
973
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000974/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
975/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
976///
977void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000978 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000979 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
980 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
981 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
982 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
983 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
984 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +0000985}
986
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000987/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
988/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
989/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
990/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
991/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +0000992///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000993void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
994 bool leafClass,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000995 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +0000996 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
997 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
998 if (!leafClass) {
999 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1000 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +00001001 Ivars.push_back(*I);
1002 }
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001003 else
1004 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001005}
1006
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001007/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1008/// those inherited by it.
1009void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001010 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001011 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001012 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1013 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1014 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1015 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001016 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001017 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001018 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001019 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1020 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001021 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1022 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001023 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001024
1025 // Categories of this Interface.
1026 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
1027 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
1028 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
1029 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1030 while (SD) {
1031 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1032 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1033 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001034 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001035 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001036 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1037 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001038 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001039 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1040 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1041 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1042 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001043 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001044 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1045 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1046 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001047 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001048 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1049 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1050 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1051 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001052 }
1053}
1054
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001055unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001056 unsigned count = 0;
1057 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian3bf0ded2010-06-22 23:20:40 +00001058 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
1059 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001060 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
1061
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001062 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1063 // includes synthesized ivars.
1064 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001065 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1066
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001067 return count;
1068}
1069
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001070/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1071ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1072 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1073 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1074 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1075 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1076 return 0;
1077}
1078/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1079ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1080 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1081 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1082 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1083 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1084 return 0;
1085}
1086
1087/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1088void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1089 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1090 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1091 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1092}
1093/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1094void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1095 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1096 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1097 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1098}
1099
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001100/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1101/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001102Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001103 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1104 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1105 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001106 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001107 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001108 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1109}
1110
1111/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1112void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1113 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001114 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1115 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001116 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1117}
1118
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001119/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001120///
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001121/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001122/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1123///
1124/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1125/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1126/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001127TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001128 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001129 if (!DataSize)
1130 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1131 else
1132 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001133 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001134
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001135 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1136 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1137 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1138 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001139}
1140
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001141TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001142 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001143 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregor2d525f02011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001144 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001145 return DI;
1146}
1147
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001148const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001149ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001150 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1151}
1152
1153const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001154ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1155 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001156 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1157}
1158
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001159//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1160// Type creation/memoization methods
1161//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1162
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001163QualType
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001164ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1165 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1166 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001167
1168 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1169 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001170 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1171 void *insertPos = 0;
1172 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1173 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1174 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001175 }
1176
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001177 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1178 QualType canon;
1179 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1180 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
1181 canonSplit.second.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1182 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.first, canonSplit.second);
1183
1184 // Re-find the insert position.
1185 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1186 }
1187
1188 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1189 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1190 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001191}
1192
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001193QualType
1194ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001195 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1196 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001197 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001198
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001199 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1200 // into one ExtQuals node.
1201 QualifierCollector Quals;
1202 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001203
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001204 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1205 // another one.
1206 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1207 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1208 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001209
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001210 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001211}
1212
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001213QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001214 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001215 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001216 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001217 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001218
John McCall53fa7142010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001219 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1220 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001221 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001222 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1223 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1224 }
1225 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001226
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001227 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1228 // into one ExtQuals node.
1229 QualifierCollector Quals;
1230 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001231
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001232 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1233 // another one.
1234 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1235 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1236 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001237
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001238 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001239}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001240
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001241const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1242 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1243 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1244 return T;
1245
1246 QualType Result;
1247 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1248 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1249 } else {
1250 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1251 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1252 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1253 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1254 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1255 }
1256
1257 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1258}
1259
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001260/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1261/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001262QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001263 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1264 // structure.
1265 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1266 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001267
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001268 void *InsertPos = 0;
1269 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1270 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001271
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001272 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1273 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1274 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001275 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001276 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001277
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001278 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1279 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001280 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001281 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001282 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001283 Types.push_back(New);
1284 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1285 return QualType(New, 0);
1286}
1287
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001288/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1289/// the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001290QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00001291 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1292 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001293 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001294 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001295
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001296 void *InsertPos = 0;
1297 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001298 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001299
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001300 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1301 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001302 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001303 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001304 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001305
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001306 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1307 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001308 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001309 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001310 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001311 Types.push_back(New);
1312 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001313 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001314}
1315
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001316/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001317/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001318QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001319 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1320 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001321 // structure.
1322 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1323 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001324
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001325 void *InsertPos = 0;
1326 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1327 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1328 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001329
1330 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001331 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1332 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001333 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001334 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001335
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001336 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1337 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1338 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001339 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001340 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001341 BlockPointerType *New
1342 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001343 Types.push_back(New);
1344 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1345 return QualType(New, 0);
1346}
1347
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001348/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1349/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001350QualType
1351ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001352 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1353 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001354 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001355 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001356
1357 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001358 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1359 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001360 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001361
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001362 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1363
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001364 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1365 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1366 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001367 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1368 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1369 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001370
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001371 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001372 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1373 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001374 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001375 }
1376
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001377 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001378 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1379 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001380 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001381 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001382
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001383 return QualType(New, 0);
1384}
1385
1386/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1387/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001388QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001389 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1390 // structure.
1391 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001392 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001393
1394 void *InsertPos = 0;
1395 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1396 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1397 return QualType(RT, 0);
1398
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001399 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1400
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001401 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1402 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1403 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001404 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1405 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1406 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001407
1408 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1409 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1410 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001411 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001412 }
1413
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001414 RValueReferenceType *New
1415 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001416 Types.push_back(New);
1417 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001418 return QualType(New, 0);
1419}
1420
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001421/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1422/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001423QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001424 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1425 // structure.
1426 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1427 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1428
1429 void *InsertPos = 0;
1430 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1431 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1432 return QualType(PT, 0);
1433
1434 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1435 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1436 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001437 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001438 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1439
1440 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1441 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1442 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001443 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001444 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001445 MemberPointerType *New
1446 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001447 Types.push_back(New);
1448 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1449 return QualType(New, 0);
1450}
1451
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001452/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001453/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001454QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001455 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001456 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001457 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001458 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1459 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001460 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1461
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001462 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1463 // the target.
1464 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001465 ArySize =
1466 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(EltTy.getAddressSpace()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001467
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001468 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001469 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001470
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001471 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001472 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001473 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001474 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001475
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001476 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
1477 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1478 QualType Canon;
1479 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1480 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1481 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001482 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001483 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
1484
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001485 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001486 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001487 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001488 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001489 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001490
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001491 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001492 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001493 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001494 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001495 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001496}
1497
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001498/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
1499/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
1500/// sizes replaced with [*].
1501QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
1502 // Vastly most common case.
1503 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001504
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001505 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001506
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001507 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
1508 const Type *ty = split.first;
1509 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
1510#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1511#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1512#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1513#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1514 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
1515
1516 // These types should never be variably-modified.
1517 case Type::Builtin:
1518 case Type::Complex:
1519 case Type::Vector:
1520 case Type::ExtVector:
1521 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
1522 case Type::ObjCObject:
1523 case Type::ObjCInterface:
1524 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1525 case Type::Record:
1526 case Type::Enum:
1527 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
1528 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1529 case Type::TypeOf:
1530 case Type::Decltype:
1531 case Type::DependentName:
1532 case Type::InjectedClassName:
1533 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
1534 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
1535 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
1536 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001537 case Type::Auto:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001538 case Type::PackExpansion:
1539 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
1540
1541 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
1542 // further decay.
1543 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1544 case Type::FunctionProto:
1545 case Type::BlockPointer:
1546 case Type::MemberPointer:
1547 return type;
1548
1549 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
1550 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
1551 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
1552 // optimizations available here.
1553 case Type::Pointer:
1554 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
1555 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
1556 break;
1557
1558 case Type::LValueReference: {
1559 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
1560 result = getLValueReferenceType(
1561 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
1562 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
1563 break;
1564 }
1565
1566 case Type::RValueReference: {
1567 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
1568 result = getRValueReferenceType(
1569 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
1570 break;
1571 }
1572
1573 case Type::ConstantArray: {
1574 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
1575 result = getConstantArrayType(
1576 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
1577 cat->getSize(),
1578 cat->getSizeModifier(),
1579 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
1580 break;
1581 }
1582
1583 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
1584 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
1585 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
1586 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
1587 dat->getSizeExpr(),
1588 dat->getSizeModifier(),
1589 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1590 dat->getBracketsRange());
1591 break;
1592 }
1593
1594 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
1595 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
1596 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
1597 result = getVariableArrayType(
1598 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
1599 /*size*/ 0,
1600 ArrayType::Normal,
1601 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1602 SourceRange());
1603 break;
1604 }
1605
1606 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
1607 case Type::VariableArray: {
1608 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
1609 result = getVariableArrayType(
1610 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
1611 /*size*/ 0,
1612 ArrayType::Star,
1613 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1614 vat->getBracketsRange());
1615 break;
1616 }
1617 }
1618
1619 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
1620 return getQualifiedType(result, split.second);
1621}
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001622
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001623/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1624/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001625QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1626 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001627 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001628 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001629 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001630 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1631 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001632 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001633
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001634 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
1635 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1636 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1637 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001638 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001639 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001640 }
1641
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001642 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001643 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001644
1645 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1646 Types.push_back(New);
1647 return QualType(New, 0);
1648}
1649
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001650/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1651/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001652/// type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001653QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
1654 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001655 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001656 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
1657 SourceRange brackets) const {
1658 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
1659 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001660 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1661
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001662 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
1663 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
1664 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
1665 // because they can't be used in most locations.
1666 if (!numElements) {
1667 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
1668 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1669 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
1670 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1671 brackets);
1672 Types.push_back(newType);
1673 return QualType(newType, 0);
1674 }
1675
1676 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
1677 // also build a canonical type.
1678
1679 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1680
1681 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001682 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001683 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
1684 QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1685 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001686
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001687 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
1688 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
1689 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001690
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001691 // If we don't have one, build one.
1692 if (!canonTy) {
1693 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1694 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1695 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1696 brackets);
1697 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
1698 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001699 }
1700
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001701 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
1702 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
1703 canonElementType.second);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001704
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001705 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
1706 // then just use that as our result.
1707 if (QualType(canonElementType.first, 0) == elementType)
1708 return canon;
1709
1710 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
1711 // of the element type.
1712 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
1713 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1714 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
1715 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
1716 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
1717 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001718}
1719
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001720QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001721 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001722 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001723 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001724 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001725
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001726 void *insertPos = 0;
1727 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
1728 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
1729 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001730
1731 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001732 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
1733 // qualifiers off the element type.
1734 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001735
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001736 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1737 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1738 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0),
1739 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
1740 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.second);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001741
1742 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001743 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
1744 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1745 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001746 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001747
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001748 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1749 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001750
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001751 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
1752 Types.push_back(newType);
1753 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001754}
1755
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001756/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1757/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001758QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001759 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001760 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001761
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001762 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1763 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001764 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001765
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001766 void *InsertPos = 0;
1767 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1768 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1769
1770 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1771 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1772 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001773 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson77954802010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001774 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001775
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001776 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1777 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001778 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001779 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001780 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001781 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001782 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1783 Types.push_back(New);
1784 return QualType(New, 0);
1785}
1786
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001787/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001788/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001789QualType
1790ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001791 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001792
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001793 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1794 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001795 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001796 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001797 void *InsertPos = 0;
1798 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1799 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1800
1801 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1802 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1803 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001804 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001805 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001806
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001807 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1808 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001809 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001810 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001811 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1812 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001813 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1814 Types.push_back(New);
1815 return QualType(New, 0);
1816}
1817
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001818QualType
1819ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
1820 Expr *SizeExpr,
1821 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001822 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001823 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001824 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001825
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001826 void *InsertPos = 0;
1827 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1828 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1829 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1830 if (Canon) {
1831 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1832 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001833 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1834 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1835 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001836 } else {
1837 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1838 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001839 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1840 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1841 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001842
1843 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1844 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1845 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1846 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001847 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1848 } else {
1849 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1850 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001851 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1852 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001853 }
1854 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001855
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001856 Types.push_back(New);
1857 return QualType(New, 0);
1858}
1859
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001860/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001861///
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001862QualType
1863ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1864 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001865 const CallingConv CallConv = Info.getCC();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001866 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1867 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001868 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001869 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001870
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001871 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001872 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001873 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001874 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001875
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001876 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001877 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001878 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001879 Canonical =
1880 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1881 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001882
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001883 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001884 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1885 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001886 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001887 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001888
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001889 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001890 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, Info);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001891 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001892 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001893 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001894}
1895
1896/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1897/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001898QualType
1899ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
1900 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
1901 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001902 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1903 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001904 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001905 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001906
1907 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001908 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001909 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001910 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001911
1912 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001913 bool isCanonical = !EPI.HasExceptionSpec && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001914 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001915 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001916 isCanonical = false;
1917
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001918 const CallingConv CallConv = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
1919
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001920 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001921 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001922 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001923 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001924 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001925 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1926 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001927 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001928
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001929 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
1930 if (CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec) {
1931 CanonicalEPI.HasExceptionSpec = false;
1932 CanonicalEPI.HasAnyExceptionSpec = false;
1933 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
1934 }
1935 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
1936 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
1937
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001938 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001939 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001940 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001941
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001942 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001943 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
1944 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001945 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001946 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001947
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001948 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001949 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
1950 // end of them.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001951 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
1952 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType) +
1953 EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
1954 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
1955 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, EPI);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001956 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001957 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001958 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001959}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00001960
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001961#ifndef NDEBUG
1962static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
1963 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
1964 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
1965 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1966 return true;
1967 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
1968 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
1969 return true;
1970 return false;
1971}
1972#endif
1973
1974/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
1975/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
1976QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001977 QualType TST) const {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001978 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
1979 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
1980 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2c2167a2010-07-02 11:55:32 +00001981 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001982 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
1983 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
1984 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
1985 } else {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00001986 Type *newType =
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00001987 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00001988 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
1989 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00001990 }
1991 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
1992}
1993
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00001994/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
1995/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001996QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00001997 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00001998 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001999
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002000 if (const TypedefDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002001 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002002
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002003 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2004 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2005
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002006 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002007 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2008 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2009 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002010 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002011 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002012 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2013 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002014 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002015 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002016 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002017 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2018 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2019 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002020 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002021 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002022
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002023 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002024}
2025
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00002026/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00002027/// specified typename decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002028QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002029ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefDecl *Decl, QualType Canonical) const {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002030 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002031
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002032 if (Canonical.isNull())
2033 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002034 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002035 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002036 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2037 Types.push_back(newType);
2038 return QualType(newType, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00002039}
2040
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002041QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002042 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2043
2044 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2045 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2046 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2047
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002048 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2049 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2050 Types.push_back(newType);
2051 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002052}
2053
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002054QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002055 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2056
2057 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2058 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2059 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2060
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002061 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2062 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2063 Types.push_back(newType);
2064 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002065}
2066
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002067QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2068 QualType modifiedType,
2069 QualType equivalentType) {
2070 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2071 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2072
2073 void *insertPos = 0;
2074 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2075 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2076
2077 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2078 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2079 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2080
2081 Types.push_back(type);
2082 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2083
2084 return QualType(type, 0);
2085}
2086
2087
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002088/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2089QualType
2090ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002091 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002092 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002093 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2094
2095 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2096 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2097 void *InsertPos = 0;
2098 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2099 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2100
2101 if (!SubstParm) {
2102 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2103 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2104 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2105 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2106 }
2107
2108 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2109}
2110
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002111/// \brief Retrieve a
2112QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2113 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2114 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2115#ifndef NDEBUG
2116 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2117 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2118 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2119 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2120 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2121 }
2122#endif
2123
2124 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2125 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2126 void *InsertPos = 0;
2127 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2128 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2129 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2130
2131 QualType Canon;
2132 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2133 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2134 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2135 ArgPack);
2136 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2137 }
2138
2139 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2140 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2141 ArgPack);
2142 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2143 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2144 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2145}
2146
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002147/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002148/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002149/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002150QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002151 bool ParameterPack,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002152 IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002153 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00002154 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002155 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002156 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002157 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2158
2159 if (TypeParm)
2160 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002161
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00002162 if (Name) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002163 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregor2ebcae12010-06-16 15:23:05 +00002164 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2165 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002166
2167 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2168 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2169 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2170 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002171 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002172 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2173 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002174
2175 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2176 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2177
2178 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2179}
2180
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002181TypeSourceInfo *
2182ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2183 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2184 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002185 QualType CanonType) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002186 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2187 "No dependent template names here!");
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002188 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
2189
2190 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
2191 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
2192 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
2193 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2194 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2195 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2196 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2197 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2198 return DI;
2199}
2200
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002201QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002202ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002203 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002204 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002205 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2206 "No dependent template names here!");
2207
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002208 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2209
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002210 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
2211 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2212 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2213 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2214
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002215 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002216 Canon);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002217}
2218
2219QualType
2220ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002221 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2222 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002223 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002224 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2225 "No dependent template names here!");
2226
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00002227 if (!Canon.isNull())
2228 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002229 else
2230 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002231
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002232 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2233 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2234 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002235 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregorc40290e2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00002236 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002237 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002238 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002239 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002240 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor00044172009-07-29 16:09:57 +00002241 Canon);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002242
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002243 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002244 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002245}
2246
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002247QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002248ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2249 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002250 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002251 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2252 "No dependent template names here!");
2253
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002254 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2255 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2256 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2257 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2258 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2259 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2260
2261 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2262 // exists.
2263 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2264 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2265 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2266
2267 void *InsertPos = 0;
2268 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2269 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2270
2271 if (!Spec) {
2272 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2273 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2274 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2275 TypeAlignment);
2276 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2277 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
2278 QualType());
2279 Types.push_back(Spec);
2280 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2281 }
2282
2283 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2284 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2285 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2286}
2287
2288QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002289ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2290 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002291 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002292 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002293 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002294
2295 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002296 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002297 if (T)
2298 return QualType(T, 0);
2299
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002300 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2301 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2302 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002303 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2304 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002305 (void)CheckT;
2306 }
2307
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002308 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002309 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002310 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002311 return QualType(T, 0);
2312}
2313
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002314QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002315ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002316 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2317 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2318
2319 void *InsertPos = 0;
2320 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2321 if (T)
2322 return QualType(T, 0);
2323
2324 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2325 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2326 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2327 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2328 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2329 (void)CheckT;
2330 }
2331
2332 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2333 Types.push_back(T);
2334 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2335 return QualType(T, 0);
2336}
2337
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002338QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2339 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2340 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002341 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002342 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2343
2344 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2345 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002346 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2347 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2348 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2349
2350 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2351 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002352 }
2353
2354 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002355 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002356
2357 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002358 DependentNameType *T
2359 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002360 if (T)
2361 return QualType(T, 0);
2362
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002363 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002364 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002365 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002366 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002367}
2368
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002369QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002370ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2371 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002372 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002373 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002374 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002375 // TODO: avoid this copy
2376 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2377 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2378 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2379 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2380 ArgCopy.size(),
2381 ArgCopy.data());
2382}
2383
2384QualType
2385ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2386 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2387 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2388 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2389 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002390 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00002391 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
2392 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002393
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002394 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002395 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2396 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002397
2398 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002399 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2400 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002401 if (T)
2402 return QualType(T, 0);
2403
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002404 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002405
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002406 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2407 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2408
2409 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2410 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2411 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2412 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2413 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2414 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002415 }
2416
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002417 QualType Canon;
2418 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2419 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2420 Name, NumArgs,
2421 CanonArgs.data());
2422
2423 // Find the insert position again.
2424 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2425 }
2426
2427 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2428 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2429 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002430 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002431 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002432 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002433 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002434 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002435}
2436
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002437QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
2438 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002439 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002440 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002441
2442 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
2443 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
2444 void *InsertPos = 0;
2445 PackExpansionType *T
2446 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2447 if (T)
2448 return QualType(T, 0);
2449
2450 QualType Canon;
2451 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002452 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002453
2454 // Find the insert position again.
2455 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2456 }
2457
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002458 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002459 Types.push_back(T);
2460 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2461 return QualType(T, 0);
2462}
2463
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002464/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2465/// alphabetically.
2466static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2467 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002468 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002469}
2470
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002471static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002472 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2473 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2474
2475 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2476 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2477 return false;
2478 return true;
2479}
2480
2481static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002482 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2483 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002484
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002485 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2486 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2487
2488 // Remove duplicates.
2489 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2490 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2491}
2492
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002493QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2494 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002495 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002496 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2497 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2498 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2499 return BaseType;
2500
2501 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002502 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002503 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002504 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002505 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2506 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002507
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002508 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2509 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002510 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002511 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2512 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2513 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002514 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2515 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002516 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2517
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002518 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002519 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2520 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002521 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002522 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2523 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002524 }
2525
2526 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002527 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2528 }
2529
2530 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2531 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2532 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2533 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2534 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2535
2536 Types.push_back(T);
2537 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2538 return QualType(T, 0);
2539}
2540
2541/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2542/// the given object type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002543QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002544 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2545 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2546
2547 void *InsertPos = 0;
2548 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2549 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2550 return QualType(QT, 0);
2551
2552 // Find the canonical object type.
2553 QualType Canonical;
2554 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2555 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2556
2557 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002558 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2559 }
2560
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002561 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002562 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2563 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2564 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002565
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002566 Types.push_back(QType);
2567 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002568 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002569}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002570
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002571/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2572/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002573QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) const {
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002574 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2575 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002576
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002577 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2578 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2579 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2580 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2581 Types.push_back(T);
2582 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002583}
2584
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002585/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2586/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002587/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002588/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002589/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002590QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002591 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002592 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2593 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2594 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002595
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002596 void *InsertPos = 0;
2597 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2598 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2599 if (Canon) {
2600 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2601 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002602 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002603 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2604 }
2605 else {
2606 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002607 Canon
2608 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002609 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2610 toe = Canon;
2611 }
2612 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002613 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002614 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002615 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002616 Types.push_back(toe);
2617 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002618}
2619
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002620/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2621/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2622/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002623/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002624/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002625QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002626 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002627 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002628 Types.push_back(tot);
2629 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002630}
2631
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002632/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2633/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002634static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlsson7d209572009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002635 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2636 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002637
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002638 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2639 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2640 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2641 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2642 return VD->getType();
2643 }
2644 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2645 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2646 return FD->getType();
2647 }
2648 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2649 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2650 // return type of that function.
2651 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2652 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002653
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002654 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002655
2656 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002657 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall086a4642010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002658 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002659 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002660
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002661 return T;
2662}
2663
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002664/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2665/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2666/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002667/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002668/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002669QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002670 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002671 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2672 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2673 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002674
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002675 void *InsertPos = 0;
2676 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2677 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2678 if (Canon) {
2679 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2680 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002681 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002682 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2683 }
2684 else {
2685 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002686 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002687 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2688 dt = Canon;
2689 }
2690 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002691 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002692 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002693 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002694 Types.push_back(dt);
2695 return QualType(dt, 0);
2696}
2697
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002698/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002699QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002700 void *InsertPos = 0;
2701 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
2702 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
2703 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2704 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
2705 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2706 return QualType(AT, 0);
2707 }
2708
2709 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
2710 Types.push_back(AT);
2711 if (InsertPos)
2712 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2713 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002714}
2715
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002716/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2717/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002718QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002719 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002720 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2721 // away const? mutable?
2722 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002723}
2724
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002725/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2726/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2727/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002728CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002729 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00002730}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002731
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002732/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2733/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2734QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2735 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2736 return WCharTy;
2737}
2738
2739/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2740/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2741QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2742 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2743 return UnsignedIntTy;
2744}
2745
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002746/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2747/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2748QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002749 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002750}
2751
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002752//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2753// Type Operators
2754//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2755
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002756CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002757 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2758 // qualifiers.
2759 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002760 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002761 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002762 QualType Result;
2763 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2764 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2765 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2766 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2767 } else {
2768 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2769 }
2770
2771 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2772}
2773
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002774
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002775QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
2776 Qualifiers &quals) {
2777 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
2778
2779 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
2780 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
2781 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
2782 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
2783 const ArrayType *AT =
2784 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.first->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
2785
2786 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002787 if (!AT) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002788 quals = splitType.second;
2789 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002790 }
2791
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002792 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
2793 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
2794 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
2795
2796 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
2797 // can just use the results in splitType.
2798 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
2799 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
2800 quals = splitType.second;
2801 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
2802 }
2803
2804 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
2805 // build the type back up.
2806 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.second);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002807
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002808 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002809 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002810 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2811 }
2812
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002813 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002814 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002815 }
2816
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002817 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002818 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002819 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002820 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2821 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2822 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2823 }
2824
2825 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002826 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002827 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2828 SourceRange());
2829}
2830
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002831/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2832/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2833/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2834/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2835/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2836/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2837/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2838/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2839bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2840 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2841 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2842 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2843 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2844 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2845 return true;
2846 }
2847
2848 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2849 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2850 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2851 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2852 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2853 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2854 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2855 return true;
2856 }
2857
2858 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2859 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2860 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2861 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2862 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2863 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2864 return true;
2865 }
2866 }
2867
2868 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2869
2870 return false;
2871}
2872
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002873DeclarationNameInfo
2874ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2875 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002876 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002877 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2878 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2879
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002880 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002881 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002882 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002883 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2884 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002885 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002886 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2887 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2888 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2889 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2890 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2891 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002892 }
2893 }
2894
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002895 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2896 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002897 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2898 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002899}
2900
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002901TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002902 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2903 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2904 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2905 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2906
2907 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002908 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002909 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002910
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00002911 if (SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *SubstPack
2912 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()) {
2913 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonParam
2914 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(SubstPack->getParameterPack());
2915 TemplateArgument CanonArgPack
2916 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(SubstPack->getArgumentPack());
2917 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(CanonParam, CanonArgPack);
2918 }
2919
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002920 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002921
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002922 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
2923 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
2924 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
2925}
2926
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00002927bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
2928 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
2929 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
2930 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
2931}
2932
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002933TemplateArgument
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002934ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002935 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
2936 case TemplateArgument::Null:
2937 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002938
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002939 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002940 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002941
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002942 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002943 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002944
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00002945 case TemplateArgument::Template:
2946 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002947
2948 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
2949 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
2950 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregore1d60df2011-01-14 23:41:42 +00002951 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00002952
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002953 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002954 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002955 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002956
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002957 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002958 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002959
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002960 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor0192c232010-12-20 16:52:59 +00002961 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
2962 return Arg;
2963
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002964 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
2965 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002966 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002967 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002968 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
2969 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
2970 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002971
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00002972 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002973 }
2974 }
2975
2976 // Silence GCC warning
2977 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
2978 return TemplateArgument();
2979}
2980
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002981NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002982ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002983 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002984 return 0;
2985
2986 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
2987 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
2988 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002989 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002990 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
2991 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
2992
2993 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
2994 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
2995 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor7b26ff92011-02-24 02:36:08 +00002996 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
2997 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
2998
2999 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3000 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3001 // this namespace and no prefix.
3002 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3003 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3004 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003005
3006 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3007 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3008 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003009
3010 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3011 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3012 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3013 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3014 // types, e.g.,
3015 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3016 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
3017 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
3018 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3019 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
3020 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
3021 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
3022 }
3023
Douglas Gregorcc10cbf2010-11-04 00:14:23 +00003024 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003025 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
3026 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
3027 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3028 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003029
3030 T = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(DTST->getKeyword(),
3031 Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier(),
3032 DTST->getNumArgs(),
3033 DTST->getArgs());
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003034 T = getCanonicalType(T);
3035 }
3036
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003037 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3038 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003039 }
3040
3041 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3042 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3043 return NNS;
3044 }
3045
3046 // Required to silence a GCC warning
3047 return 0;
3048}
3049
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003050
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003051const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003052 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003053 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003054 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3055 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3056 return AT;
3057 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003058
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003059 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003060 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003061 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003062
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003063 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003064 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3065 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003066
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003067 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3068 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003069 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003070
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003071 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
3072 Qualifiers qs = split.second;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003073
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003074 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003075 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.first);
3076 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003077 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003078
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003079 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3080 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003081 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003082
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003083 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3084 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3085 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003086 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003087 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3088 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3089 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003090 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003091
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003092 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003093 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
3094 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003095 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003096 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003097 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003098 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003099 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003100
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003101 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003102 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003103 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003104 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003105 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003106 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00003107}
3108
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003109/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
3110/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
3111/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
3112/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
3113///
3114/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003115QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003116 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
3117 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
3118 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
3119 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
3120 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
3121 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003122
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003123 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003124
3125 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003126 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003127}
3128
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003129QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
3130 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00003131}
3132
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003133QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
3134 Qualifiers qs;
3135 while (true) {
3136 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
3137 const ArrayType *array = split.first->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
3138 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003139
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003140 type = array->getElementType();
3141 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.second);
3142 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003143
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003144 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00003145}
3146
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003147/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003148uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003149ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
3150 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
3151 do {
3152 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
3153 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
3154 } while (CA);
3155 return ElementCount;
3156}
3157
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00003158/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
3159/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003160static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003161 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00003162 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003163
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003164 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
3165 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003166 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00003167 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
3168 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
3169 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003170 }
3171}
3172
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003173/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
3174/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003175/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
3176/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003177QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
3178 QualType Domain) const {
3179 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
3180 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
3181 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003182 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003183 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
3184 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
3185 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
3186 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00003187 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003188
3189 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
3190 switch (EltRank) {
3191 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
3192 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
3193 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
3194 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003195 }
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003196}
3197
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003198/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
3199/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
3200/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003201/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003202int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003203 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
3204 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003205
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003206 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003207 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003208 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003209 return 1;
3210 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003211}
3212
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003213/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
3214/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
3215/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003216unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003217 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003218 if (const EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003219 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003220
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00003221 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_S) ||
3222 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_U))
Eli Friedmanc131d3b2009-07-05 23:44:27 +00003223 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
3224
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00003225 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
3226 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
3227
3228 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
3229 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
3230
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003231 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003232 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
3233 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003234 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003235 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3236 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3237 case BuiltinType::SChar:
3238 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003239 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003240 case BuiltinType::Short:
3241 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003242 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003243 case BuiltinType::Int:
3244 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003245 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003246 case BuiltinType::Long:
3247 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003248 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003249 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
3250 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003251 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003252 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3253 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3254 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003255 }
3256}
3257
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003258/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3259/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3260///
3261/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3262/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003263QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003264 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3265 return QualType();
3266
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003267 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3268 if (!Field)
3269 return QualType();
3270
3271 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3272
3273 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
3274 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
3275 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3276 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3277 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3278 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3279 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3280 return IntTy;
3281
3282 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3283 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3284
3285 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3286 // like the base type.
3287 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3288 // is ridiculous.
3289 return QualType();
3290}
3291
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003292/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3293/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3294/// integer type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003295QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003296 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3297 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003298 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3299 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003300 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3301 return IntTy;
3302 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3303 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3304 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3305 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3306}
3307
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003308/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003309/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003310/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003311int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003312 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3313 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003314 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003315
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003316 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3317 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003318
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003319 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3320 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003321
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003322 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3323 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3324 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3325 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003326
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003327 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3328 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3329 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3330 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3331 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003332
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003333 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3334 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003335 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003336 return -1;
3337 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003338
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003339 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3340 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3341 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003342
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003343 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3344 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003345 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003346 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003347}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003348
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003349static RecordDecl *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003350CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK, DeclContext *DC,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003351 SourceLocation L, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3352 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3353 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3354 else
3355 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, L, Id);
3356}
3357
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003358// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003359QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003360 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003361 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003362 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003363 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003364 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003365
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003366 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003367
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003368 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003369 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003370 // int flags;
3371 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003372 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003373 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003374 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003375 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3376
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003377 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003378 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003379 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003380 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003381 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003382 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003383 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003384 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003385 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003386 }
3387
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003388 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003389 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003390
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003391 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003392}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003393
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003394void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003395 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003396 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3397 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3398}
3399
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003400// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003401QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() const {
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003402 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3403 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003404 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003405 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3406 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3407
3408 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3409
3410 // const int *isa;
3411 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3412 // const char *str;
3413 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3414 // unsigned int length;
3415 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3416
3417 // Create fields
3418 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3419 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
3420 SourceLocation(), 0,
3421 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3422 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3423 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003424 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003425 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3426 }
3427
3428 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3429 }
3430
3431 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3432}
3433
3434void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3435 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3436 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3437 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3438}
3439
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003440QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() const {
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003441 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003442 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003443 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003444 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003445 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003446
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003447 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3448 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003449 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003450 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3451 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3452 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3453 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003454
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003455 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003456 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3457 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
3458 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003459 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003460 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003461 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003462 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003463 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003464 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003465
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003466 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003467 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003468
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003469 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3470}
3471
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003472QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003473 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3474 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3475
3476 RecordDecl *T;
3477 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003478 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003479 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003480 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003481
3482 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3483 UnsignedLongTy,
3484 UnsignedLongTy,
3485 };
3486
3487 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3488 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003489 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003490 };
3491
3492 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
3493 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3494 T,
3495 SourceLocation(),
3496 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003497 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003498 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3499 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003500 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003501 T->addDecl(Field);
3502 }
3503
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003504 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003505
3506 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3507
3508 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3509}
3510
3511void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3512 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3513 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3514 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3515}
3516
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003517QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003518 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3519 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3520
3521 RecordDecl *T;
3522 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003523 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003524 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003525 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003526
3527 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3528 UnsignedLongTy,
3529 UnsignedLongTy,
3530 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3531 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3532 };
3533
3534 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3535 "reserved",
3536 "Size",
3537 "CopyFuncPtr",
3538 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3539 };
3540
3541 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
3542 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3543 T,
3544 SourceLocation(),
3545 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003546 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003547 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3548 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003549 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003550 T->addDecl(Field);
3551 }
3552
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003553 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003554
3555 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3556
3557 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3558}
3559
3560void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3561 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3562 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3563 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3564}
3565
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003566bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003567 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3568 return true;
3569 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3570 return true;
3571 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3572 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003573 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3574 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3575 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3576 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(*this);
3577
3578 }
3579 }
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003580 return false;
3581}
3582
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003583QualType
3584ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003585 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003586 // void *__isa;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003587 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003588 // unsigned int __flags;
3589 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedman04831922010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003590 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3591 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003592 // int X;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003593 // } *
3594
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003595 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3596
3597 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003598 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3599 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3600 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003601 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00003602 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, SourceLocation(),
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003603 &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003604 T->startDefinition();
3605 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3606 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3607 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3608 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3609 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3610 Int32Ty,
3611 Int32Ty,
3612 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3613 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3614 Ty
3615 };
3616
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003617 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003618 "__isa",
3619 "__forwarding",
3620 "__flags",
3621 "__size",
3622 "__copy_helper",
3623 "__destroy_helper",
3624 DeclName,
3625 };
3626
3627 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3628 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3629 continue;
3630 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
3631 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003632 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003633 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003634 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003635 T->addDecl(Field);
3636 }
3637
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003638 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003639
3640 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003641}
3642
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003643void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003644 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003645 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3646 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3647}
3648
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003649// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3650// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003651static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003652 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003653 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3654 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003655
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003656 return false;
3657}
3658
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003659/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003660/// purpose.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003661CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003662 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003663
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003664 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003665 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003666 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003667 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3668 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003669 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003670 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003671}
3672
3673static inline
3674std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3675 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003676}
3677
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003678/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003679/// declaration.
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003680std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
3681 std::string S;
3682
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003683 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3684 QualType BlockTy =
3685 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3686 // Encode result type.
John McCall8e346702010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003687 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003688 // Compute size of all parameters.
3689 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3690 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3691 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003692 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3693 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003694 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003695 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3696 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003697 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003698 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003699 ParmOffset += sz;
3700 }
3701 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003702 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003703 // Block pointer and offset.
3704 S += "@?0";
3705 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3706
3707 // Argument types.
3708 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3709 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3710 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3711 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3712 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3713 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3714 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3715 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3716 // elements.
3717 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3718 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3719 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3720 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3721 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003722 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003723 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003724 }
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003725
3726 return S;
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003727}
3728
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003729void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
3730 std::string& S) {
3731 // Encode result type.
3732 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
3733 CharUnits ParmOffset;
3734 // Compute size of all parameters.
3735 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3736 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3737 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3738 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3739 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3740 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
3741 ParmOffset += sz;
3742 }
3743 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3744 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
3745
3746 // Argument types.
3747 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3748 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3749 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3750 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3751 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3752 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3753 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3754 // elements.
3755 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3756 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3757 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3758 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3759 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3760 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3761 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3762 }
3763}
3764
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003765/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003766/// declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003767void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003768 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003769 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003770 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003771 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003772 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003773 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003774 // Compute size of all parameters.
3775 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3776 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3777 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003778 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003779 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3780 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003781 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003782 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003783 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003784 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003785 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003786 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3787 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003788 ParmOffset += sz;
3789 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003790 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003791 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003792 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003793
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003794 // Argument types.
3795 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003796 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003797 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003798 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003799 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003800 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003801 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3802 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3803 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003804 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003805 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3806 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3807 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003808 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003809 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003810 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003811 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003812 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003813 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003814 }
3815}
3816
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003817/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003818/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003819/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3820/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003821/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3822/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3823/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3824/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3825/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003826/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3827/// @code
3828/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3829/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3830/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3831/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3832/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3833/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3834/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3835/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3836/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3837/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3838/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3839/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3840/// };
3841/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003842void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003843 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003844 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003845 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3846 bool Dynamic = false;
3847 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3848
3849 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3850 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003851 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003852 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3853 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003854 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003855 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003856 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3857 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3858 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3859 Dynamic = true;
3860 } else {
3861 SynthesizePID = PID;
3862 }
3863 }
3864 }
3865 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003866 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003867 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003868 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003869 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003870 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3871 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3872 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3873 Dynamic = true;
3874 } else {
3875 SynthesizePID = PID;
3876 }
3877 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003878 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003879 }
3880 }
3881
3882 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3883 S = "T";
3884
3885 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003886 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3887 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003888 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003889 true /* outermost type */,
3890 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003891
3892 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3893 S += ",R";
3894 } else {
3895 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3896 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3897 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003898 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003899 }
3900 }
3901
3902 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3903 // are "dynamic by default".
3904 if (Dynamic)
3905 S += ",D";
3906
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003907 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3908 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003909
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003910 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
3911 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003912 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003913 }
3914
3915 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
3916 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00003917 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003918 }
3919
3920 if (SynthesizePID) {
3921 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
3922 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00003923 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003924 }
3925
3926 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
3927}
3928
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003929/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003930/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
3931/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003932/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
3933///
3934void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00003935 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003936 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003937 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003938 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003939 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003940 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00003941 PointeeTy = IntTy;
3942 }
3943 }
3944}
3945
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00003946void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003947 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003948 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
3949 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
3950 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
3951 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003952 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00003953 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00003954}
3955
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003956static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
3957 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
3958 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
3959 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
3960 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
3961 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3962 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
3963 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
3964 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
3965 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003966 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003967 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
3968 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
3969 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3970 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
3971 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00003972 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
3973 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003974 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
3975 case BuiltinType::Long:
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003976 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003977 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
3978 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
3979 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
3980 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00003981 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003982 }
3983}
3984
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003985static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003986 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003987 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
3988 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00003989 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00003990 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
3991 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
3992 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
3993 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
3994 //
3995 // struct
3996 // {
3997 // int integer;
3998 // int flags:2;
3999 // };
4000 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4001 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4002 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4003 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4004 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
4005 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
4006 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4007 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4008 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
4009 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
4010 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
4011 unsigned i = 0;
4012 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
4013 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
4014 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
4015 if (*Field == FD)
4016 break;
4017 }
4018 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
David Chisnall6f0a7d22010-12-26 20:12:30 +00004019 if (T->isEnumeralType())
4020 S += 'i';
4021 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004022 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T);
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004023 }
4024 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004025 S += llvm::utostr(N);
4026}
4027
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004028// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004029void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4030 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4031 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004032 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004033 bool OutermostType,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004034 bool EncodingProperty) const {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004035 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004036 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004037 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
4038 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004039 return;
4040 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004041
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004042 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004043 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004044 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004045 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004046 return;
4047 }
Fariborz Jahaniand25c2192009-11-23 20:40:50 +00004048
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004049 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
4050 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004051 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian89b660c2009-11-30 18:43:52 +00004052 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
4053 S += ':';
4054 return;
4055 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004056 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
4057 }
4058 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4059 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4060 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004061 bool isReadOnly = false;
4062 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
4063 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
4064 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004065 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004066 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004067 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
4068 isReadOnly = true;
4069 S += 'r';
4070 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00004071 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004072 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004073 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
4074 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004075 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
4076 isReadOnly = true;
4077 S += 'r';
4078 }
4079 }
4080 if (isReadOnly) {
4081 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
4082 // combinations need to be rearranged.
4083 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00004084 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
4085 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004086 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004087
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004088 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
4089 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
4090 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004091 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004092 S += '*';
4093 return;
4094 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004095 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00004096 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
4097 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
4098 S += '#';
4099 return;
4100 }
4101 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
4102 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
4103 S += '@';
4104 return;
4105 }
4106 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004107 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004108 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004109 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
4110
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004111 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004112 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004113 return;
4114 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004115
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004116 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4117 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
4118 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004119 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
4120 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
4121 S += '^';
4122
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004123 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004124 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4125 } else {
4126 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004127
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004128 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4129 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
4130 else {
4131 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
4132 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
4133 S += '0';
4134 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004135
4136 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004137 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4138 S += ']';
4139 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004140 return;
4141 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004142
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004143 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00004144 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004145 return;
4146 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004147
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004148 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004149 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004150 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004151 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
4152 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
4153 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004154 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
4155 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
4156 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
4157 std::string TemplateArgsStr
4158 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00004159 TemplateArgs.data(),
4160 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004161 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
4162
4163 S += TemplateArgsStr;
4164 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004165 } else {
4166 S += '?';
4167 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004168 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004169 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004170 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4171 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004172 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004173 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004174 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004175 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004176 S += '"';
4177 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004178
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004179 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004180 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004181 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004182 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004183 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004184 QualType qt = Field->getType();
4185 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004186 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004187 FD);
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004188 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004189 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00004190 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004191 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004192 return;
4193 }
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004194
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004195 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004196 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004197 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004198 else
4199 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004200 return;
4201 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004202
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004203 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00004204 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004205 return;
4206 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004207
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004208 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
4209 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
4210 T = OT->getBaseType();
4211
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004212 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004213 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004214 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004215 S += '{';
4216 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
4217 S += II->getName();
4218 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004219 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
4220 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4221 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4222 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
4223 if (Field->isBitField())
4224 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004225 else
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004226 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004227 }
4228 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004229 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004230 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004231
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004232 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004233 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4234 S += '@';
4235 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004236 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004237
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004238 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4239 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4240 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4241 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004242 S += '#';
4243 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004244 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004245
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004246 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004247 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004248 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4249 ExpandStructures, FD);
4250 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4251 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4252 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004253 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004254 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4255 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004256 S += '<';
4257 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4258 S += '>';
4259 }
4260 S += '"';
4261 }
4262 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004263 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004264
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004265 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4266 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4267 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4268 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004269 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004270 // {...};
4271 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004272 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4273 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004274 NULL);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004275 return;
4276 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004277
4278 S += '@';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004279 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004280 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004281 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004282 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4283 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004284 S += '<';
4285 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4286 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004287 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004288 S += '"';
4289 }
4290 return;
4291 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004292
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004293 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4294 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4295 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4296 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004297
4298 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4299 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4300 // insufficient.
4301 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4302 return;
4303 }
4304
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004305 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004306}
4307
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004308void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004309 std::string& S) const {
4310 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4311 S += 'n';
4312 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4313 S += 'N';
4314 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4315 S += 'o';
4316 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4317 S += 'O';
4318 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4319 S += 'R';
4320 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4321 S += 'V';
4322}
4323
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004324void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004325 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004326
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004327 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4328}
4329
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004330void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004331 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004332}
4333
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004334void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004335 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004336}
4337
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004338void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004339 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahaniana32aaef2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004340}
4341
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004342void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004343 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004344}
4345
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004346void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004347 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004348 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004349
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004350 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004351}
4352
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004353/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4354/// lookup.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004355TemplateName
4356ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4357 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004358 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4359 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4360
4361 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4362 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4363 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4364
4365 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004366 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004367 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4368 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4369 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4370 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4371 *Storage++ = D;
4372 }
4373
4374 return TemplateName(OT);
4375}
4376
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004377/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4378/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004379TemplateName
4380ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4381 bool TemplateKeyword,
4382 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004383 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004384 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4385 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4386
4387 void *InsertPos = 0;
4388 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4389 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4390 if (!QTN) {
4391 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4392 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4393 }
4394
4395 return TemplateName(QTN);
4396}
4397
4398/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4399/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004400TemplateName
4401ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4402 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004403 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004404 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004405
4406 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4407 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4408
4409 void *InsertPos = 0;
4410 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4411 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4412
4413 if (QTN)
4414 return TemplateName(QTN);
4415
4416 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4417 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4418 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4419 } else {
4420 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4421 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004422 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4423 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4424 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4425 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004426 }
4427
4428 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4429 return TemplateName(QTN);
4430}
4431
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004432/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4433/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4434TemplateName
4435ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004436 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004437 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4438 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4439
4440 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4441 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4442
4443 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004444 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4445 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004446
4447 if (QTN)
4448 return TemplateName(QTN);
4449
4450 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4451 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4452 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4453 } else {
4454 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4455 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004456
4457 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4458 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4459 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4460 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004461 }
4462
4463 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4464 return TemplateName(QTN);
4465}
4466
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004467TemplateName
4468ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4469 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
4470 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
4471 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4472 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
4473
4474 void *InsertPos = 0;
4475 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
4476 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4477
4478 if (!Subst) {
4479 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Self, Param,
4480 ArgPack.pack_size(),
4481 ArgPack.pack_begin());
4482 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
4483 }
4484
4485 return TemplateName(Subst);
4486}
4487
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004488/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004489/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4490/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004491CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004492 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004493 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004494 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4495 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4496 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4497 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4498 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4499 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4500 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4501 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4502 }
4503
4504 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004505 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004506}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004507
4508//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4509// Type Predicates.
4510//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4511
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004512/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4513/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4514/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004515/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004516///
4517bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004518 if (const TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004519 if (TypedefDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004520 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004521 return true;
4522 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004523 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004524}
4525
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004526/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4527/// garbage collection attribute.
4528///
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00004529Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
4530 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC)
4531 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
4532
4533 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1);
4534 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
4535
4536 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
4537 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
4538 // as __strong.
4539 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
4540 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4541 return Qualifiers::Strong;
4542 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
4543 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
4544 } else {
4545 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
4546 // pointer.
4547#ifndef NDEBUG
4548 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4549 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
4550 CT = AT->getElementType();
4551 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
4552#endif
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004553 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004554 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004555}
4556
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004557//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4558// Type Compatibility Testing
4559//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004560
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004561/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004562/// compatible.
4563static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4564 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004565 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004566 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004567 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004568}
4569
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004570bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4571 QualType SecondVec) {
4572 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4573 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4574
4575 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4576 return true;
4577
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004578 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4579 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004580 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4581 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004582 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004583 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004584 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4585 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4586 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4587 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004588 return true;
4589
4590 return false;
4591}
4592
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004593//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4594// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4595//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4596
4597/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4598/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004599bool
4600ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4601 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004602 if (lProto == rProto)
4603 return true;
4604 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4605 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4606 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4607 return true;
4608 return false;
4609}
4610
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004611/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4612/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4613/// otherwise.
4614bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4615 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4616 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4617 return false;
4618}
4619
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004620/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4621/// Class<p1, ...>.
4622bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4623 QualType rhs) {
4624 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4625 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4626 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4627
4628 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4629 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4630 bool match = false;
4631 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4632 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4633 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4634 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4635 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4636 match = true;
4637 break;
4638 }
4639 }
4640 if (!match)
4641 return false;
4642 }
4643 return true;
4644}
4645
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004646/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4647/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4648bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4649 bool compare) {
4650 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004651 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004652 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4653 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004654 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004655 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4656 return true;
4657
4658 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004659 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004660
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004661 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004662
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004663 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004664 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004665 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4666 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4667 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4668 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4669 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4670 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4671 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004672 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004673 return false;
4674 }
4675 }
4676 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4677 return true;
4678 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004679 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004680 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4681 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4682 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4683 bool match = false;
4684
4685 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4686 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4687 // through its super class and categories.
4688 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4689 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4690 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4691 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4692 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4693 match = true;
4694 break;
4695 }
4696 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004697 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004698 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4699 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4700 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4701 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4702 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4703 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4704 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004705 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004706 match = true;
4707 break;
4708 }
4709 }
4710 }
4711 if (!match)
4712 return false;
4713 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004714
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004715 return true;
4716 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004717
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004718 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4719 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4720
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004721 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004722 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004723 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004724 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4725 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4726 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4727 bool match = false;
4728
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004729 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004730 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4731 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004732 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
4733 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004734 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4735 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4736 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4737 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4738 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4739 match = true;
4740 break;
4741 }
4742 }
4743 if (!match)
4744 return false;
4745 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004746
4747 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
4748 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
4749 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4750 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4751 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
4752 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
4753 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
4754 // assume that it is mismatch.
4755 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
4756 return false;
4757 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4758 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4759 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4760 bool match = false;
4761 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
4762 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4763 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4764 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4765 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4766 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4767 match = true;
4768 break;
4769 }
4770 }
4771 if (!match)
4772 return false;
4773 }
4774 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004775 return true;
4776 }
4777 return false;
4778}
4779
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004780/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004781/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4782/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4783///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004784bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4785 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004786 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4787 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4788
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004789 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004790 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4791 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004792 return true;
4793
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004794 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004795 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4796 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004797 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004798
4799 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4800 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4801 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4802
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004803 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4804 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004805 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004806
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004807 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004808}
4809
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004810/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
4811/// for providing type-safty for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
4812/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4813/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4814/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4815bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4816 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4817 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004818 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004819 return true;
4820
4821 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4822 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4823 }
4824
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004825 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004826 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4827 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4828 false);
4829
4830 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4831 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4832 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4833 if (LHS != RHS) {
4834 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
4835 return false;
4836 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
4837 return true;
4838 }
4839 else
4840 return true;
4841 }
4842 return false;
4843}
4844
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004845/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4846/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4847/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4848/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4849static
4850void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4851 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4852 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4853 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4854
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004855 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4856 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4857 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4858 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004859
4860 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4861 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4862 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4863 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4864 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004865 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004866 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4867 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004868 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4869 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4870 }
4871
4872 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4873 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004874 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4875 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004876 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4877 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4878 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4879 }
4880 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004881 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004882 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4883 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004884 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4885 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4886 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4887 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4888 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004889 }
4890}
4891
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004892/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4893/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4894/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4895/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4896QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004897 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4898 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4899 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4900 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4901 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4902 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
4903 if (!LDecl || !RDecl)
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004904 return QualType();
4905
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004906 while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass())) {
4907 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004908 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004909 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
4910 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
4911
4912 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
4913 if (!Protocols.empty())
4914 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
4915 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
4916 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004917 }
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004918 }
4919
4920 return QualType();
4921}
4922
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004923bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
4924 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
4925 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
4926 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
4927
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004928 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
4929 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004930 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004931 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004932
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004933 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
4934 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004935 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004936 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004937
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004938 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't, then it
4939 // isn't a superset.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00004940 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004941 return true; // FIXME: should return false!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004942
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004943 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
4944 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004945 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
4946 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
4947
4948 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
4949 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004950 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
4951 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004952 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
4953 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004954 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00004955 break;
4956 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004957 }
4958 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
4959 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
4960 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004961 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00004962 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
4963 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004964}
4965
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004966bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4967 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004968 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4969 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004970
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004971 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004972 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004973
4974 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
4975 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00004976}
4977
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00004978bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
4979 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
4980 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
4981 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
4982}
4983
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004984/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004985/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004986/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00004987/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004988bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
4989 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00004990 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
4991 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
4992
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00004993 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004994}
4995
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004996bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
4997 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
4998}
4999
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005000/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
5001/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
5002/// QualType()
5003QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
5004 bool OfBlockPointer,
5005 bool Unqualified) {
5006 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
5007 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
5008 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
5009 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
5010 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbourne19b961d2010-12-02 21:00:06 +00005011 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005012 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5013 if (!MT.isNull())
5014 return MT;
5015 }
5016 }
5017 }
5018
5019 return QualType();
5020}
5021
5022/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
5023/// argument types
5024QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5025 bool OfBlockPointer,
5026 bool Unqualified) {
5027 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
5028 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
5029 // type is compatible with a union member
5030 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
5031 Unqualified);
5032 if (!lmerge.isNull())
5033 return lmerge;
5034
5035 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
5036 Unqualified);
5037 if (!rmerge.isNull())
5038 return rmerge;
5039
5040 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5041}
5042
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005043QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005044 bool OfBlockPointer,
5045 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005046 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
5047 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005048 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
5049 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005050 bool allLTypes = true;
5051 bool allRTypes = true;
5052
5053 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005054 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005055 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5056 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
5057 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
5058 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
5059 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
5060 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
5061 retType = mergeTypes(RHS, LHS, true, UnqualifiedResult);
5062 }
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005063 else
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005064 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
5065 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005066 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005067
5068 if (Unqualified)
5069 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
5070
5071 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
5072 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
5073 if (Unqualified) {
5074 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5075 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5076 }
5077
5078 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005079 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005080 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005081 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005082
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00005083 // FIXME: double check this
5084 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5085 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5086 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005087 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
5088 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005089
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005090 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005091 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005092 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005093
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005094 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
5095 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
5096 return QualType();
5097
5098 // It's noreturn if either type is.
5099 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
5100 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
5101 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5102 allLTypes = false;
5103 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5104 allRTypes = false;
5105
5106 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo(NoReturn,
5107 lbaseInfo.getRegParm(),
5108 lbaseInfo.getCC());
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005109
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005110 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005111 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
5112 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005113 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
5114 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
5115
5116 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
5117 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
5118 return QualType();
5119
5120 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
5121 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
5122 return QualType();
5123
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005124 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
5125 return QualType();
5126
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005127 // Check argument compatibility
5128 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
5129 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
5130 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
5131 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005132 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
5133 OfBlockPointer,
5134 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005135 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005136
5137 if (Unqualified)
5138 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5139
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005140 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005141 if (Unqualified) {
5142 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5143 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5144 }
5145
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005146 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
5147 allLTypes = false;
5148 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
5149 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005150 }
5151 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5152 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005153
5154 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
5155 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
5156 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005157 }
5158
5159 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
5160 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
5161
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005162 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005163 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005164 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005165 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
5166 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
5167 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
5168 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
5169 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
5170 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
5171 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
5172 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
5173 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00005174
5175 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
5176 // to pass enum values.
5177 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5178 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
5179
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005180 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
5181 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
5182 return QualType();
5183 }
5184
5185 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5186 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005187
5188 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
5189 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005190 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005191 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005192 }
5193
5194 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5195 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005196 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005197}
5198
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005199QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005200 bool OfBlockPointer,
5201 bool Unqualified) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00005202 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
5203 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
5204 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005205 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
5206 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005207 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
5208 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005209
5210 if (Unqualified) {
5211 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5212 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5213 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005214
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005215 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5216 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5217
5218 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5219 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5220 return LHS;
5221
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005222 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00005223 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5224 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005225 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5226 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
5227 // mismatch.
5228 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5229 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5230 return QualType();
5231
5232 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5233 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5234 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5235 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5236 // qualified __strong.
5237 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5238 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5239 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5240
5241 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5242 return QualType();
5243
5244 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5245 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
5246 }
5247 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5248 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
5249 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005250 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005251 }
5252
5253 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005254
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005255 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5256 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005257
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005258 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5259 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5260 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5261 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005262
5263 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005264 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5265 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5266 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5267 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005268
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005269 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5270 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5271 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5272
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005273 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5274 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5275 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005276
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005277 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005278 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005279 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005280 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005281 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5282 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005283 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005284 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5285 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005286 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005287 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005288 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5289 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005290 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005291
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005292 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005293 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005294
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005295 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005296 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005297#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5298#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005299#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005300#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5301#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5302#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5303 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5304 return QualType();
5305
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005306 case Type::LValueReference:
5307 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005308 case Type::MemberPointer:
5309 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5310 return QualType();
5311
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005312 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005313 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5314 case Type::VariableArray:
5315 case Type::FunctionProto:
5316 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005317 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5318 return QualType();
5319
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005320 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005321 {
5322 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005323 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5324 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005325 if (Unqualified) {
5326 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5327 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5328 }
5329 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5330 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005331 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005332 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005333 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005334 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005335 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005336 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5337 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005338 case Type::BlockPointer:
5339 {
5340 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005341 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5342 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005343 if (Unqualified) {
5344 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5345 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5346 }
5347 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5348 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005349 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5350 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5351 return LHS;
5352 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5353 return RHS;
5354 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5355 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005356 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005357 {
5358 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5359 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5360 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5361 return QualType();
5362
5363 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5364 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005365 if (Unqualified) {
5366 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5367 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5368 }
5369
5370 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005371 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005372 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5373 return LHS;
5374 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5375 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005376 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5377 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5378 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5379 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005380 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5381 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005382 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5383 return LHS;
5384 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5385 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005386 if (LVAT) {
5387 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5388 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5389 // has to be different.
5390 return LHS;
5391 }
5392 if (RVAT) {
5393 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5394 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5395 // has to be different.
5396 return RHS;
5397 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005398 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5399 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005400 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5401 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005402 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005403 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005404 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005405 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005406 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005407 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005408 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005409 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005410 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005411 case Type::Complex:
5412 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5413 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005414 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005415 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005416 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5417 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005418 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005419 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005420 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5421 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005422 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5423 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005424 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5425 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5426 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005427 return LHS;
5428
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005429 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005430 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005431 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005432 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5433 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5434 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5435 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
5436 return LHS;
5437 return QualType();
5438 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005439 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5440 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005441 return LHS;
5442
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005443 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005444 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005445 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005446
5447 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005448}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005449
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005450/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5451/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5452/// return types.
5453QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5454 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5455 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5456 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5457 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5458 return LHS;
5459 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5460 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5461 return QualType();
5462 QualType OldReturnType =
5463 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5464 QualType NewReturnType =
5465 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5466 QualType ResReturnType =
5467 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5468 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5469 return QualType();
5470 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5471 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5472 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5473 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5474 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005475 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5476 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005477 QualType ResultType
5478 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005479 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005480 return ResultType;
5481 }
5482 }
5483 return QualType();
5484 }
5485
5486 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5487 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5488 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5489 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5490 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5491 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5492 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5493 return QualType();
5494
5495 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5496 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5497 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5498 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5499 // qualified __strong.
5500 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5501 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5502 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5503
5504 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5505 return QualType();
5506
5507 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5508 return LHS;
5509 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5510 return RHS;
5511 return QualType();
5512 }
5513
5514 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5515 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5516 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5517 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5518 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5519 return LHS;
5520 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5521 return RHS;
5522 }
5523 return QualType();
5524}
5525
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005526//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005527// Integer Predicates
5528//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005529
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005530unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00005531 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005532 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005533 if (T->isBooleanType())
5534 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005535 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005536 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5537}
5538
5539QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005540 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005541
5542 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5543 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5544 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005545 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005546
5547 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5548 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005549 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005550
5551 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5552 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005553 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5554 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5555 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5556 return UnsignedCharTy;
5557 case BuiltinType::Short:
5558 return UnsignedShortTy;
5559 case BuiltinType::Int:
5560 return UnsignedIntTy;
5561 case BuiltinType::Long:
5562 return UnsignedLongTy;
5563 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5564 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005565 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5566 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005567 default:
5568 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5569 return QualType();
5570 }
5571}
5572
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005573ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5574
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005575
5576//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5577// Builtin Type Computation
5578//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5579
5580/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005581/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5582/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5583/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5584/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005585///
5586/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5587/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005588static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005589 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005590 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005591 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005592 // Modifiers.
5593 int HowLong = 0;
5594 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005595 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005596
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005597 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005598 bool Done = false;
5599 while (!Done) {
5600 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005601 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005602 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005603 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005604 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005605 case 'S':
5606 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5607 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5608 Signed = true;
5609 break;
5610 case 'U':
5611 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5612 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5613 Unsigned = true;
5614 break;
5615 case 'L':
5616 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5617 ++HowLong;
5618 break;
5619 }
5620 }
5621
5622 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005623
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005624 // Read the base type.
5625 switch (*Str++) {
5626 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5627 case 'v':
5628 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5629 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5630 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5631 break;
5632 case 'f':
5633 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5634 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5635 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5636 break;
5637 case 'd':
5638 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5639 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5640 if (HowLong)
5641 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5642 else
5643 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5644 break;
5645 case 's':
5646 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5647 if (Unsigned)
5648 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5649 else
5650 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5651 break;
5652 case 'i':
5653 if (HowLong == 3)
5654 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5655 else if (HowLong == 2)
5656 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5657 else if (HowLong == 1)
5658 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5659 else
5660 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5661 break;
5662 case 'c':
5663 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5664 if (Signed)
5665 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5666 else if (Unsigned)
5667 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5668 else
5669 Type = Context.CharTy;
5670 break;
5671 case 'b': // boolean
5672 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5673 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5674 break;
5675 case 'z': // size_t.
5676 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5677 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5678 break;
5679 case 'F':
5680 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5681 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00005682 case 'G':
5683 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
5684 break;
5685 case 'H':
5686 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
5687 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005688 case 'a':
5689 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5690 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5691 break;
5692 case 'A':
5693 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5694 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5695 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5696 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5697 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5698 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5699 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5700 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5701 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5702 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005703 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005704 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005705 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005706 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005707 break;
5708 case 'V': {
5709 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005710 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5711 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005712 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005713
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005714 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
5715 RequiresICE, false);
5716 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005717
5718 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005719 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005720 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005721 break;
5722 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005723 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005724 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
5725 false);
5726 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005727 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5728 break;
5729 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005730 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005731 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5732 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005733 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005734 return QualType();
5735 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005736 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005737 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005738 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005739 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005740 else
5741 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5742
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005743 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005744 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005745 return QualType();
5746 }
5747 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005748 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005749
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005750 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
5751 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005752 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005753 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005754 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5755 case '*':
5756 case '&': {
5757 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5758 // qualified with an address space.
5759 char *End;
5760 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5761 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5762 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5763 Str = End;
5764 }
5765 if (c == '*')
5766 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5767 else
5768 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5769 break;
5770 }
5771 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5772 case 'C':
5773 Type = Type.withConst();
5774 break;
5775 case 'D':
5776 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5777 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005778 }
5779 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005780
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005781 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005782 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005783
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005784 return Type;
5785}
5786
5787/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005788QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005789 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005790 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005791 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005792
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005793 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005794
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005795 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005796 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005797 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
5798 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005799 if (Error != GE_None)
5800 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005801
5802 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
5803
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005804 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005805 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005806 if (Error != GE_None)
5807 return QualType();
5808
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005809 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
5810 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
5811 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
5812 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
5813
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005814 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5815 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5816 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005817
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005818 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5819 }
5820
5821 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5822 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5823
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00005824 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
5825 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
5826
5827 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
5828
5829 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
5830 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
5831 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005832
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005833 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00005834 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
5835 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005836
5837 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005838}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005839
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005840GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5841 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5842
5843 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005844 switch (L) {
5845 case NoLinkage:
5846 case InternalLinkage:
5847 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5848 return GVA_Internal;
5849
5850 case ExternalLinkage:
5851 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5852 case TSK_Undeclared:
5853 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5854 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5855 break;
5856
5857 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5858 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5859
5860 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5861 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5862 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5863 break;
5864 }
5865 }
5866
5867 if (!FD->isInlined())
5868 return External;
5869
5870 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
5871 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
5872 // externally visible.
5873 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
5874 return External;
5875
5876 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
5877 return GVA_C99Inline;
5878 }
5879
5880 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
5881 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
5882 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
5883 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
5884 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
5885 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
5886 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
5887 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
5888 return GVA_C99Inline;
5889
5890 return GVA_CXXInline;
5891}
5892
5893GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
5894 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
5895 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
5896 // template.
5897 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
5898 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
5899 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
5900
5901 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
5902 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5903 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
5904 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
5905
5906 switch (L) {
5907 case NoLinkage:
5908 case InternalLinkage:
5909 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5910 return GVA_Internal;
5911
5912 case ExternalLinkage:
5913 switch (TSK) {
5914 case TSK_Undeclared:
5915 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5916 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5917
5918 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5919 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
5920 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
5921
5922 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5923 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5924
5925 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5926 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5927 }
5928 }
5929
5930 return GVA_StrongExternal;
5931}
5932
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00005933bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005934 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
5935 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
5936 return false;
5937 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
5938 return false;
5939
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005940 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
5941 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
5942 return false;
5943
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005944 // Aliases and used decls are required.
5945 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
5946 return true;
5947
5948 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5949 // Forward declarations aren't required.
5950 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
5951 return false;
5952
5953 // Constructors and destructors are required.
5954 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
5955 return true;
5956
5957 // The key function for a class is required.
5958 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5959 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
5960 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
5961 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
5962 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
5963 return true;
5964 }
5965 }
5966
5967 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
5968
5969 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
5970 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
5971 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
5972 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
5973 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
5974 return false;
5975 return true;
5976 }
5977
5978 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
5979 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
5980
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00005981 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
5982 return false;
5983
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005984 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
5985
5986 // FIXME: Handle references.
5987 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5988 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1b30d9c2010-08-15 01:15:20 +00005989 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
5990 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005991 return true;
5992 }
5993 }
5994
5995 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
5996 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
5997 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
5998 return false;
5999 }
6000
6001 return true;
6002}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006003
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00006004CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
6005 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6006 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
6007}
6008
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006009bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlsson60a62632010-11-25 01:51:53 +00006010 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6011 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
6012}
6013
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006014MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
6015 switch (Target.getCXXABI()) {
6016 case CXXABI_ARM:
6017 case CXXABI_Itanium:
6018 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6019 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
6020 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6021 }
6022 assert(0 && "Unsupported ABI");
6023 return 0;
6024}
6025
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006026CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}